|  | /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF | 
|  | Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, | 
|  | 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 
|  | Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | 
|  | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | 
|  | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | 
|  | (at your option) any later version. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | 
|  | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | 
|  | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the | 
|  | GNU General Public License for more details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | 
|  | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | 
|  | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, | 
|  | MA 02110-1301, USA.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include "sysdep.h" | 
|  | #include "bfd.h" | 
|  | #include "bfdlink.h" | 
|  | #include "libbfd.h" | 
|  | #include "elf-bfd.h" | 
|  | #include "elf-vxworks.h" | 
|  | #include "elf/sh.h" | 
|  | #include "libiberty.h" | 
|  | #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h" | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc | 
|  | (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); | 
|  | static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc | 
|  | (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); | 
|  | static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes | 
|  | (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int); | 
|  | static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads | 
|  | (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *); | 
|  | #ifndef SH64_ELF | 
|  | static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns | 
|  | (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma); | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc | 
|  | (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int); | 
|  | static bfd_vma dtpoff_base | 
|  | (struct bfd_link_info *); | 
|  | static bfd_vma tpoff | 
|  | (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp | 
|  | section.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1" | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1) | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE | 
|  | #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff | 
|  | #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc | 
|  | static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h" | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE | 
|  | #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0 | 
|  | #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc | 
|  | static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h" | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED | 
|  | extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec; | 
|  | extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec | 
|  | || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec); | 
|  | #else | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static reloc_howto_type * | 
|  | get_howto_table (bfd *abfd) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) | 
|  | return sh_vxworks_howto_table; | 
|  | return sh_elf_howto_table; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_reloc_status_type | 
|  | sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd, | 
|  | asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents, | 
|  | bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section, | 
|  | bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end) | 
|  | { | 
|  | static bfd_vma last_addr; | 
|  | static asection *last_symbol_section; | 
|  | bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr; | 
|  | int diff, cum_diff; | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma x; | 
|  | int insn; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Sanity check the address.  */ | 
|  | if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section)) | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively - | 
|  | although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */ | 
|  | if (! last_addr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | last_addr = addr; | 
|  | last_symbol_section = symbol_section; | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (last_addr != addr) | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  | last_addr = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start) | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */ | 
|  | if (symbol_section != input_section) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
|  | contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section, | 
|  | &contents)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (contents != NULL) | 
|  | free (contents); | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800) | 
|  | start_ptr = contents + start; | 
|  | for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);) | 
|  | ptr -= 2; | 
|  | ptr += 2; | 
|  | diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1; | 
|  | cum_diff += diff & 1; | 
|  | cum_diff += diff; | 
|  | } | 
|  | /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four - | 
|  | so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to | 
|  | addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */ | 
|  | if (cum_diff >= 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | start -= 4; | 
|  | end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma start0 = start - 4; | 
|  |  | 
|  | while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0)) | 
|  | start0 -= 2; | 
|  | start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2); | 
|  | start = start0 - cum_diff - 2; | 
|  | end = start0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (contents != NULL | 
|  | && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents) | 
|  | free (contents); | 
|  |  | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr; | 
|  | if (input_section != symbol_section) | 
|  | x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset) | 
|  | - (input_section->output_section->vma | 
|  | + input_section->output_offset)); | 
|  | x >>= 1; | 
|  | if (x < -128 || x > 127) | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_overflow; | 
|  |  | 
|  | x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF | 
|  | function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_reloc_status_type | 
|  | sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in, | 
|  | void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, | 
|  | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned long insn; | 
|  | bfd_vma sym_value; | 
|  | enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type; | 
|  | bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address; | 
|  | bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data; | 
|  |  | 
|  | r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (output_bfd != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */ | 
|  | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be | 
|  | done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */ | 
|  | if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0) | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (symbol_in != NULL | 
|  | && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section)) | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_undefined; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section)) | 
|  | sym_value = 0; | 
|  | else | 
|  | sym_value = (symbol_in->value + | 
|  | symbol_in->section->output_section->vma + | 
|  | symbol_in->section->output_offset); | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch (r_type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR32: | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data); | 
|  | insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend; | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case R_SH_IND12W: | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data); | 
|  | sym_value += reloc_entry->addend; | 
|  | sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma | 
|  | + input_section->output_offset | 
|  | + addr | 
|  | + 4); | 
|  | sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1; | 
|  | if (insn & 0x800) | 
|  | sym_value -= 0x1000; | 
|  | insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data); | 
|  | if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000) | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_overflow; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | default: | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing, | 
|  | which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_reloc_status_type | 
|  | sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, | 
|  | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
|  | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section, | 
|  | bfd *output_bfd, | 
|  | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (output_bfd != NULL) | 
|  | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; | 
|  | return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct elf_reloc_map | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val; | 
|  | unsigned char elf_reloc_val; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 }, | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 }, | 
|  | { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL }, | 
|  | #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the | 
|  | corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static reloc_howto_type * | 
|  | sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code) | 
|  | return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static reloc_howto_type * | 
|  | sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name) | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (i = 0; | 
|  | i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table) | 
|  | / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0])); | 
|  | i++) | 
|  | if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL | 
|  | && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) | 
|  | return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i]; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (i = 0; | 
|  | i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table) | 
|  | / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0])); | 
|  | i++) | 
|  | if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL | 
|  | && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) | 
|  | return &sh_elf_howto_table[i]; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned int r; | 
|  |  | 
|  | r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5); | 
|  |  | 
|  | cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding | 
|  | function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME: | 
|  | There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF | 
|  | specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply | 
|  | into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication | 
|  | could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both | 
|  | functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different | 
|  | values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here | 
|  | they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, | 
|  | struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; | 
|  | bfd_boolean have_code; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; | 
|  | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | *again = FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (link_info->relocatable | 
|  | || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 | 
|  | || sec->reloc_count == 0) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags | 
|  | & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs | 
|  | (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, | 
|  | link_info->keep_memory)); | 
|  | if (internal_relocs == NULL) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | have_code = FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; | 
|  | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval; | 
|  | unsigned short insn; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount; | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma foff; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE) | 
|  | have_code = TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the section contents.  */ | 
|  | if (contents == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
|  | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to | 
|  | the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is | 
|  | computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based | 
|  | from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */ | 
|  | laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend; | 
|  | if (laddr >= sec->size) | 
|  | { | 
|  | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"), | 
|  | abfd, | 
|  | (unsigned long) irel->r_offset); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to | 
|  | do.  */ | 
|  | if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"), | 
|  | abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn)); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The | 
|  | displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a | 
|  | displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but, | 
|  | before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits | 
|  | of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned | 
|  | on a four byte boundary.  */ | 
|  | paddr = insn & 0xff; | 
|  | paddr *= 4; | 
|  | paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3; | 
|  | if (paddr >= sec->size) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"), | 
|  | abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset)); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is | 
|  | being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is | 
|  | actually being called.  */ | 
|  | for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++) | 
|  | if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr | 
|  | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | if (irelfn >= irelend) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"), | 
|  | abfd, (unsigned long) paddr)); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */ | 
|  | if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; | 
|  | if (isymbuf == NULL) | 
|  | isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, | 
|  | symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, | 
|  | NULL, NULL, NULL); | 
|  | if (isymbuf == NULL) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */ | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* A local symbol.  */ | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info); | 
|  | if (isym->st_shndx | 
|  | != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"), | 
|  | abfd, (unsigned long) paddr)); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | symval = (isym->st_value | 
|  | + sec->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sec->output_offset); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned long indx; | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
|  |  | 
|  | indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
|  | h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx]; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); | 
|  | if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined | 
|  | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined | 
|  | symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the | 
|  | regular reloc processing.  */ | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | symval = (h->root.u.def.value | 
|  | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
|  | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace) | 
|  | symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr); | 
|  | else | 
|  | symval += irelfn->r_addend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */ | 
|  | foff = (symval | 
|  | - (irel->r_offset | 
|  | + sec->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sec->output_offset | 
|  | + 4)); | 
|  | /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an | 
|  | .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted. | 
|  | So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for | 
|  | that.  */ | 
|  | if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */ | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Shorten the function call.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section | 
|  | contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We | 
|  | must tell the rest of the code not to free up this | 
|  | information.  It would be possible to instead create a table | 
|  | of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c; | 
|  | that would be more work, but would require less memory when | 
|  | the linker is run.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; | 
|  | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; | 
|  | symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Replace the jsr with a bsr.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and | 
|  | replace the jsr with a bsr.  */ | 
|  | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W); | 
|  | /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
|  | here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol, | 
|  | not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need | 
|  | a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that | 
|  | the value of the symbol is not available.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external | 
|  | symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let | 
|  | the final link phase handle it.  */ | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset); | 
|  |  | 
|  | irel->r_addend = -4; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the | 
|  | DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However, | 
|  | the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we | 
|  | have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */ | 
|  | irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same | 
|  | register load.  */ | 
|  | for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++) | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES | 
|  | && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | if (irelscan < irelend) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Some other function call depends upon this register load, | 
|  | and we have not yet converted that function call. | 
|  | Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is | 
|  | nothing else we can do at this point.  */ | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the | 
|  | function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any | 
|  | bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */ | 
|  | for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++) | 
|  | if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr | 
|  | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT) | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Delete the register load.  */ | 
|  | if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2)) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some | 
|  | other function call to come within range, we should relax | 
|  | again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */ | 
|  | *again = TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */ | 
|  | if (irelcount >= irelend) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"), | 
|  | abfd, (unsigned long) paddr)); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've | 
|  | just deleted one.  */ | 
|  | if (irelcount->r_addend == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"), | 
|  | abfd, | 
|  | (unsigned long) paddr)); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | --irelcount->r_addend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload | 
|  | the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the | 
|  | previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */ | 
|  | if (irelcount->r_addend == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4)) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */ | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four | 
|  | byte boundaries.  */ | 
|  | if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4 | 
|  | && have_code) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_boolean swapped; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the section contents.  */ | 
|  | if (contents == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
|  | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents, | 
|  | &swapped)) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (swapped) | 
|  | { | 
|  | elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; | 
|  | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; | 
|  | symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (isymbuf != NULL | 
|  | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! link_info->keep_memory) | 
|  | free (isymbuf); | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */ | 
|  | symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (contents != NULL | 
|  | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! link_info->keep_memory) | 
|  | free (contents); | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */ | 
|  | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (internal_relocs != NULL | 
|  | && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) | 
|  | free (internal_relocs); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | error_return: | 
|  | if (isymbuf != NULL | 
|  | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) | 
|  | free (isymbuf); | 
|  | if (contents != NULL | 
|  | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) | 
|  | free (contents); | 
|  | if (internal_relocs != NULL | 
|  | && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) | 
|  | free (internal_relocs); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a | 
|  | lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes | 
|  | in coff-sh.c.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, | 
|  | int count) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
|  | unsigned int sec_shndx; | 
|  | bfd_byte *contents; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign; | 
|  | bfd_vma toaddr; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend; | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes; | 
|  | unsigned int symcount; | 
|  | asection *o; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); | 
|  | isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; | 
|  |  | 
|  | sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); | 
|  |  | 
|  | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment | 
|  | power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | irelalign = NULL; | 
|  | toaddr = sec->size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; | 
|  | irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count; | 
|  | for (; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN | 
|  | && irel->r_offset > addr | 
|  | && count < (1 << irel->r_addend)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | irelalign = irel; | 
|  | toaddr = irel->r_offset; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Actually delete the bytes.  */ | 
|  | memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count, | 
|  | (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count)); | 
|  | if (irelalign == NULL) | 
|  | sec->size -= count; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009) | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0); | 
|  | for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2) | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Adjust all the relocs.  */ | 
|  | for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma nraddr, stop; | 
|  | bfd_vma start = 0; | 
|  | int insn = 0; | 
|  | int off, adjust, oinsn; | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma voff = 0; | 
|  | bfd_boolean overflow; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the new reloc address.  */ | 
|  | nraddr = irel->r_offset; | 
|  | if ((irel->r_offset > addr | 
|  | && irel->r_offset < toaddr) | 
|  | || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN | 
|  | && irel->r_offset == toaddr)) | 
|  | nraddr -= count; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which | 
|  | case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which | 
|  | represent addresses, though.  */ | 
|  | if (irel->r_offset >= addr | 
|  | && irel->r_offset < addr + count | 
|  | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN | 
|  | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE | 
|  | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA | 
|  | && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL) | 
|  | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), | 
|  | (int) R_SH_NONE); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers | 
|  | includes the bytes we have deleted.  */ | 
|  | switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | default: | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
|  | case R_SH_IND12W: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
|  | start = irel->r_offset; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | default: | 
|  | start = stop = addr; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR32: | 
|  | /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this | 
|  | section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we | 
|  | must check the addend to see it will put the value in | 
|  | range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */ | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); | 
|  | if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx | 
|  | && (isym->st_value <= addr | 
|  | || isym->st_value >= toaddr)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma val; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace) | 
|  | { | 
|  | val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | val += isym->st_value; | 
|  | if (val > addr && val < toaddr) | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend; | 
|  | if (val > addr && val < toaddr) | 
|  | irel->r_addend -= count; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | start = stop = addr; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
|  | off = insn & 0xff; | 
|  | if (off & 0x80) | 
|  | off -= 0x100; | 
|  | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_IND12W: | 
|  | off = insn & 0xfff; | 
|  | if (! off) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the | 
|  | relocation will be against an external symbol, the | 
|  | final relocation will just do the right thing.  */ | 
|  | start = stop = addr; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (off & 0x800) | 
|  | off -= 0x1000; | 
|  | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus | 
|  | for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the | 
|  | start of the section. | 
|  | N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and | 
|  | test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into | 
|  | account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */ | 
|  | if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr) | 
|  | irel->r_addend -= count; | 
|  | } | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
|  | off = insn & 0xff; | 
|  | stop = start + 4 + off * 2; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
|  | off = insn & 0xff; | 
|  | stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_SWITCH8: | 
|  | case R_SH_SWITCH16: | 
|  | case R_SH_SWITCH32: | 
|  | /* These relocs types represent | 
|  | .word L2-L1 | 
|  | The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc | 
|  | address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and | 
|  | adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust | 
|  | both the r_offset field and the section contents. | 
|  | N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset, | 
|  | and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | stop = irel->r_offset; | 
|  | start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (start > addr | 
|  | && start < toaddr | 
|  | && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) | 
|  | irel->r_addend += count; | 
|  | else if (stop > addr | 
|  | && stop < toaddr | 
|  | && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) | 
|  | irel->r_addend -= count; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16) | 
|  | voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8) | 
|  | voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | else | 
|  | voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff); | 
|  |  | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_USES: | 
|  | start = irel->r_offset; | 
|  | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start | 
|  | + (long) irel->r_addend | 
|  | + 4); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (start > addr | 
|  | && start < toaddr | 
|  | && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) | 
|  | adjust = count; | 
|  | else if (stop > addr | 
|  | && stop < toaddr | 
|  | && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) | 
|  | adjust = - count; | 
|  | else | 
|  | adjust = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (adjust != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | oinsn = insn; | 
|  | overflow = FALSE; | 
|  | switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | default: | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
|  | insn += adjust / 2; | 
|  | if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) | 
|  | overflow = TRUE; | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_IND12W: | 
|  | insn += adjust / 2; | 
|  | if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000)) | 
|  | overflow = TRUE; | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4); | 
|  | if (count >= 4) | 
|  | insn += adjust / 4; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0) | 
|  | ++insn; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) | 
|  | overflow = TRUE; | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_SWITCH8: | 
|  | voff += adjust; | 
|  | if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff) | 
|  | overflow = TRUE; | 
|  | bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_SWITCH16: | 
|  | voff += adjust; | 
|  | if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000) | 
|  | overflow = TRUE; | 
|  | bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_SWITCH32: | 
|  | voff += adjust; | 
|  | bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_USES: | 
|  | irel->r_addend += adjust; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (overflow) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"), | 
|  | abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset)); | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | irel->r_offset = nraddr; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32 | 
|  | relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust | 
|  | below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */ | 
|  | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend; | 
|  | bfd_byte *ocontents; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (o == sec | 
|  | || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 | 
|  | || o->reloc_count == 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is | 
|  | FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we | 
|  | leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */ | 
|  | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs | 
|  | (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE)); | 
|  | if (internal_relocs == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | ocontents = NULL; | 
|  | irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count; | 
|  | for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */ | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma start, stop; | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma voff; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ocontents == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
|  | ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* We always cache the section contents. | 
|  | Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we | 
|  | should free them, if we are permitted to, | 
|  | when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */ | 
|  | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (ocontents != NULL) | 
|  | free (ocontents); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | stop = irelscan->r_offset; | 
|  | start | 
|  | = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */ | 
|  | if (start > addr && start < toaddr) | 
|  | irelscan->r_addend += count; | 
|  |  | 
|  | voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
|  | stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (start > addr | 
|  | && start < toaddr | 
|  | && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) | 
|  | bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count, | 
|  | ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
|  | else if (stop > addr | 
|  | && stop < toaddr | 
|  | && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) | 
|  | bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count, | 
|  | ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info); | 
|  | if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx | 
|  | && (isym->st_value <= addr | 
|  | || isym->st_value >= toaddr)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma val; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ocontents == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
|  | ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* We always cache the section contents. | 
|  | Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we | 
|  | should free them, if we are permitted to, | 
|  | when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */ | 
|  | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (ocontents != NULL) | 
|  | free (ocontents); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
|  | val += isym->st_value; | 
|  | if (val > addr && val < toaddr) | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, | 
|  | ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */ | 
|  | isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
|  | for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx | 
|  | && isym->st_value > addr | 
|  | && isym->st_value < toaddr) | 
|  | isym->st_value -= count; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */ | 
|  | symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym) | 
|  | - symtab_hdr->sh_info); | 
|  | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); | 
|  | end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount; | 
|  | for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes; | 
|  | if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined | 
|  | || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) | 
|  | && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec | 
|  | && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr | 
|  | && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted | 
|  | r_offset for it already.  */ | 
|  | if (irelalign != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend); | 
|  | alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset, | 
|  | 1 << irelalign->r_addend); | 
|  | if (alignto != alignaddr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Tail recursion.  */ | 
|  | return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr, | 
|  | (int) (alignto - alignaddr)); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte | 
|  | boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec, | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, | 
|  | bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
|  | bfd_boolean *pswapped) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; | 
|  | bfd_vma *labels = NULL; | 
|  | bfd_vma *label, *label_end; | 
|  | bfd_size_type amt; | 
|  |  | 
|  | *pswapped = FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */ | 
|  | amt = sec->reloc_count; | 
|  | amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma); | 
|  | labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt); | 
|  | if (labels == NULL) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  | label_end = labels; | 
|  | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | *label_end = irel->r_offset; | 
|  | ++label_end; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in | 
|  | address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort | 
|  | the label values and the relocs.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | label = labels; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma start, stop; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | start = irel->r_offset; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | if (irel < irelend) | 
|  | stop = irel->r_offset; | 
|  | else | 
|  | stop = sec->size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns, | 
|  | internal_relocs, &label, | 
|  | label_end, start, stop, pswapped)) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | free (labels); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | error_return: | 
|  | if (labels != NULL) | 
|  | free (labels); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifndef SH64_ELF | 
|  | /* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs, | 
|  | bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs; | 
|  | unsigned short i1, i2; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */ | 
|  | i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr); | 
|  | i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */ | 
|  | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; | 
|  | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | enum elf_sh_reloc_type type; | 
|  | int add; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to | 
|  | adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself, | 
|  | but are only associated with the address.  */ | 
|  | type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); | 
|  | if (type == R_SH_ALIGN | 
|  | || type == R_SH_CODE | 
|  | || type == R_SH_DATA | 
|  | || type == R_SH_LABEL) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being | 
|  | swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this | 
|  | for a jump, though, since we want to execute both | 
|  | instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping | 
|  | around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an | 
|  | instruction it shouldn't).  */ | 
|  | if (type == R_SH_USES) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma off; | 
|  |  | 
|  | off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend; | 
|  | if (off == addr) | 
|  | irel->r_offset += 2; | 
|  | else if (off == addr + 2) | 
|  | irel->r_offset -= 2; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (irel->r_offset == addr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | irel->r_offset += 2; | 
|  | add = -2; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2) | 
|  | { | 
|  | irel->r_offset -= 2; | 
|  | add = 2; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | add = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (add != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  | unsigned short insn, oinsn; | 
|  | bfd_boolean overflow; | 
|  |  | 
|  | loc = contents + irel->r_offset; | 
|  | overflow = FALSE; | 
|  | switch (type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | default: | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); | 
|  | oinsn = insn; | 
|  | insn += add / 2; | 
|  | if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) | 
|  | overflow = TRUE; | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_IND12W: | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); | 
|  | oinsn = insn; | 
|  | insn += add / 2; | 
|  | if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000)) | 
|  | overflow = TRUE; | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
|  | /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of | 
|  | the program counter before adding in the offset. | 
|  | This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the | 
|  | swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an | 
|  | odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a | 
|  | four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */ | 
|  | if ((addr & 3) != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); | 
|  | oinsn = insn; | 
|  | insn += add / 2; | 
|  | if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) | 
|  | overflow = TRUE; | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (overflow) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"), | 
|  | abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset)); | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct elf_sh_plt_info | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special | 
|  | first entry.  */ | 
|  | const bfd_byte *plt0_entry; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */ | 
|  | bfd_vma plt0_entry_size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to | 
|  | _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE | 
|  | if there is no such pointer.  */ | 
|  | bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3]; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */ | 
|  | const bfd_byte *symbol_entry; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */ | 
|  | bfd_vma symbol_entry_size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used | 
|  | on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value | 
|  | that the field must hold.  */ | 
|  | struct { | 
|  | bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */ | 
|  | bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */ | 
|  | bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */ | 
|  | } symbol_fields; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */ | 
|  | bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64 | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */ | 
|  | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */ | 
|  | 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */ | 
|  | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */ | 
|  | 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */ | 
|  | 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like | 
|  | this.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */ | 
|  | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */ | 
|  | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ | 
|  | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ | 
|  | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ | 
|  | 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */ | 
|  | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */ | 
|  | 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */ | 
|  | 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ | 
|  | 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ | 
|  | 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ | 
|  | 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */ | 
|  | 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */ | 
|  | 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ | 
|  | 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */ | 
|  | 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ | 
|  | 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ | 
|  | 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = { | 
|  | { | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
|  | elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
|  | elf_sh_plt_entry_be, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 0, 32, 48 }, | 
|  | 33 /* includes ISA encoding */ | 
|  | }, | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
|  | elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
|  | elf_sh_plt_entry_le, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 0, 32, 48 }, | 
|  | 33 /* includes ISA encoding */ | 
|  | }, | 
|  | }, | 
|  | { | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Big-endian PIC.  */ | 
|  | elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
|  | elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52 }, | 
|  | 33 /* includes ISA encoding */ | 
|  | }, | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Little-endian PIC.  */ | 
|  | elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
|  | elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52 }, | 
|  | 33 /* includes ISA encoding */ | 
|  | }, | 
|  | } | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry.  */ | 
|  | #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD. | 
|  | VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code, | 
|  | not data. | 
|  |  | 
|  | On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | inline static void | 
|  | install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p, | 
|  | unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | value |= code_p; | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, | 
|  | bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr) | 
|  | | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00), | 
|  | addr); | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, | 
|  | bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4) | 
|  | | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00), | 
|  | addr + 4); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if | 
|  | the object is position-independent.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info * | 
|  | get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #else | 
|  | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28 | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by | 
|  | GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be | 
|  | corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform | 
|  | to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT | 
|  | and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and | 
|  | ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however, | 
|  | since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be | 
|  | greater than or equal to 12.  */ | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0xd0, 0x05,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x2f, 0x06,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */ | 
|  | 0xd0, 0x03,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x60, 0xf6,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0x05, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x06, 0x2f,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */ | 
|  | 0x03, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0xf6, 0x60,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like | 
|  | this.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
|  | 0xd1, 0x02,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */ | 
|  | 0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x60, 0x13,	/*  mov r1,r0 */ | 
|  | 0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */ | 
|  | 0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x02, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */ | 
|  | 0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x13, 0x60,	/*  mov r1,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */ | 
|  | 0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/*  nop */ | 
|  | 0x50, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */ | 
|  | 0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */ | 
|  | 0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x50, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
|  | 0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */ | 
|  | 0xc2, 0x50,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */ | 
|  | 0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0xc1, 0x50,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = { | 
|  | { | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
|  | elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 }, | 
|  | elf_sh_plt_entry_be, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 20, 16, 24 }, | 
|  | 8 | 
|  | }, | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
|  | elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 }, | 
|  | elf_sh_plt_entry_le, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 20, 16, 24 }, | 
|  | 8 | 
|  | }, | 
|  | }, | 
|  | { | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Big-endian PIC.  */ | 
|  | elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
|  | elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24 }, | 
|  | 8 | 
|  | }, | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Little-endian PIC.  */ | 
|  | elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
|  | elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, | 
|  | ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24 }, | 
|  | 8 | 
|  | }, | 
|  | } | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12 | 
|  | #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24 | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0xd1, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */ | 
|  | 0x61, 0x12,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */ | 
|  | 0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0x01, 0xd1,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */ | 
|  | 0x12, 0x61,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */ | 
|  | 0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
|  | 0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
|  | 0xa0, 0x00,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
|  | 0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
|  | 0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0xa0,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
|  | 0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x51, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */ | 
|  | 0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
|  | 0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | 0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
|  | 0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
|  | 0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
|  | 0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
|  | 0xc2, 0x51,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */ | 
|  | 0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
|  | 0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
|  | 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = { | 
|  | { | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
|  | vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be, | 
|  | VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 }, | 
|  | vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be, | 
|  | VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 8, 14, 20 }, | 
|  | 12 | 
|  | }, | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
|  | vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le, | 
|  | VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 }, | 
|  | vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le, | 
|  | VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 8, 14, 20 }, | 
|  | 12 | 
|  | }, | 
|  | }, | 
|  | { | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Big-endian PIC.  */ | 
|  | NULL, | 
|  | 0, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
|  | vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, | 
|  | VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20 }, | 
|  | 12 | 
|  | }, | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Little-endian PIC.  */ | 
|  | NULL, | 
|  | 0, | 
|  | { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
|  | vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, | 
|  | VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
|  | { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20 }, | 
|  | 12 | 
|  | }, | 
|  | } | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if | 
|  | the object is position-independent.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info * | 
|  | get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) | 
|  | return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; | 
|  | return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD. | 
|  | VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code, | 
|  | not data.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | inline static void | 
|  | install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
|  | unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr); | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_vma | 
|  | get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return (offset - info->plt0_entry_size) / info->symbol_entry_size; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Do the inverse operation.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_vma | 
|  | get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return info->plt0_entry_size + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it | 
|  | decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol. | 
|  | This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be | 
|  | unnecessary.  We store the information in a field extending the | 
|  | regular ELF linker hash table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The input section of the reloc.  */ | 
|  | asection *sec; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */ | 
|  | bfd_size_type count; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section.  */ | 
|  | bfd_size_type pc_count; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry root; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | union | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma refcount; | 
|  | bfd_vma offset; | 
|  | } datalabel_got; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */ | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; | 
|  |  | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount; | 
|  |  | 
|  | enum { | 
|  | GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE | 
|  | } tls_type; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent)) | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct sh_elf_obj_tdata | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_obj_tdata root; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* tls_type for each local got entry.  */ | 
|  | char *local_got_tls_type; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \ | 
|  | ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any) | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define sh_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \ | 
|  | (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type) | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \ | 
|  | (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ | 
|  | && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \ | 
|  | && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA) | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata | 
|  | as the specific tdata.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata), | 
|  | SH_ELF_DATA); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* sh ELF linker hash table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_table root; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */ | 
|  | asection *sgot; | 
|  | asection *sgotplt; | 
|  | asection *srelgot; | 
|  | asection *splt; | 
|  | asection *srelplt; | 
|  | asection *sdynbss; | 
|  | asection *srelbss; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */ | 
|  | asection *srelplt2; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Small local sym cache.  */ | 
|  | struct sym_cache sym_cache; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */ | 
|  | union | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma refcount; | 
|  | bfd_vma offset; | 
|  | } tls_ldm_got; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The type of PLT to use.  */ | 
|  | const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */ | 
|  | bfd_boolean vxworks_p; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\ | 
|  | (elf_link_hash_traverse						\ | 
|  | (&(table)->root,							\ | 
|  | (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \ | 
|  | (info))) | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \ | 
|  | (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ | 
|  | == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct bfd_hash_entry * | 
|  | sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, | 
|  | struct bfd_hash_table *table, | 
|  | const char *string) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret = | 
|  | (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a | 
|  | subclass.  */ | 
|  | if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) | 
|  | ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) | 
|  | bfd_hash_allocate (table, | 
|  | sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry))); | 
|  | if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) | 
|  | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */ | 
|  | ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) | 
|  | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, | 
|  | table, string)); | 
|  | if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ret->dyn_relocs = NULL; | 
|  | ret->gotplt_refcount = 0; | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | ret->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct bfd_link_hash_table * | 
|  | sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret; | 
|  | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table); | 
|  |  | 
|  | ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt); | 
|  | if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL) | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd, | 
|  | sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc, | 
|  | sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry), | 
|  | SH_ELF_DATA)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | free (ret); | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | ret->sgot = NULL; | 
|  | ret->sgotplt = NULL; | 
|  | ret->srelgot = NULL; | 
|  | ret->splt = NULL; | 
|  | ret->srelplt = NULL; | 
|  | ret->sdynbss = NULL; | 
|  | ret->srelbss = NULL; | 
|  | ret->srelplt2 = NULL; | 
|  | ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL; | 
|  | ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0; | 
|  | ret->plt_info = NULL; | 
|  | ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return &ret->root.root; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up | 
|  | shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
|  | if (htab == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got"); | 
|  | htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt"); | 
|  | htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got"); | 
|  | if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot) | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
|  | flagword flags, pltflags; | 
|  | asection *s; | 
|  | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | 
|  | int ptralign = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch (bed->s->arch_size) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case 32: | 
|  | ptralign = 2; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case 64: | 
|  | ptralign = 3; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | default: | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
|  | if (htab == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and | 
|  | .rel[a].bss sections.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | 
|  | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); | 
|  |  | 
|  | pltflags = flags; | 
|  | pltflags |= SEC_CODE; | 
|  | if (bed->plt_not_loaded) | 
|  | pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | 
|  | if (bed->plt_readonly) | 
|  | pltflags |= SEC_READONLY; | 
|  |  | 
|  | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags); | 
|  | htab->splt = s; | 
|  | if (s == NULL | 
|  | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (bed->want_plt_sym) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the | 
|  | .plt section.  */ | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
|  | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol | 
|  | (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, | 
|  | (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE, | 
|  | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; | 
|  | h->def_regular = 1; | 
|  | h->type = STT_OBJECT; | 
|  | htab->root.hplt = h; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->shared | 
|  | && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, | 
|  | bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt", | 
|  | flags | SEC_READONLY); | 
|  | htab->srelplt = s; | 
|  | if (s == NULL | 
|  | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->sgot == NULL | 
|  | && !create_got_section (abfd, info)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *secname; | 
|  | char *relname; | 
|  | flagword secflags; | 
|  | asection *sec; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec); | 
|  | if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) | 
|  | || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); | 
|  | relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6); | 
|  | strcpy (relname, ".rela"); | 
|  | strcat (relname, secname); | 
|  | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname)) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname, | 
|  | flags | SEC_READONLY); | 
|  | if (s == NULL | 
|  | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (bed->want_dynbss) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined | 
|  | by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are | 
|  | not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process | 
|  | image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to | 
|  | initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss | 
|  | section into the .bss section of the final image.  */ | 
|  | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss", | 
|  | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); | 
|  | htab->sdynbss = s; | 
|  | if (s == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not | 
|  | normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the | 
|  | linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it | 
|  | only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it | 
|  | until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the | 
|  | main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files | 
|  | (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been | 
|  | mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to | 
|  | be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this | 
|  | section when generating a shared object, since they do not use | 
|  | copy relocs.  */ | 
|  | if (! info->shared) | 
|  | { | 
|  | s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, | 
|  | (bed->default_use_rela_p | 
|  | ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"), | 
|  | flags | SEC_READONLY); | 
|  | htab->srelbss = s; | 
|  | if (s == NULL | 
|  | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->vxworks_p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a | 
|  | regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the | 
|  | dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to | 
|  | change the definition to something the rest of the link can | 
|  | understand.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; | 
|  | asection *s; | 
|  |  | 
|  | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
|  | if (htab == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */ | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL | 
|  | && (h->needs_plt | 
|  | || h->u.weakdef != NULL | 
|  | || (h->def_dynamic | 
|  | && h->ref_regular | 
|  | && !h->def_regular))); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We | 
|  | will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later, | 
|  | when we know the address of the .got section.  */ | 
|  | if (h->type == STT_FUNC | 
|  | || h->needs_plt) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 | 
|  | || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) | 
|  | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT | 
|  | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input | 
|  | file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic | 
|  | object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build | 
|  | a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32 | 
|  | reloc instead.  */ | 
|  | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
|  | h->needs_plt = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the | 
|  | processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the | 
|  | real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */ | 
|  | if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined | 
|  | || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); | 
|  | h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; | 
|  | h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; | 
|  | if (info->nocopyreloc) | 
|  | h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref; | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which | 
|  | is not a function.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the | 
|  | only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. | 
|  | For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will | 
|  | be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */ | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the | 
|  | GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */ | 
|  | if (!h->non_got_ref) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */ | 
|  | if (info->nocopyreloc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | h->non_got_ref = 0; | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; | 
|  | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | s = p->sec->output_section; | 
|  | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the | 
|  | copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding | 
|  | the copy reloc.  */ | 
|  | if (p == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | h->non_got_ref = 0; | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->size == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"), | 
|  | h->root.root.string); | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will | 
|  | become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be | 
|  | an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic | 
|  | object will contain position independent code, so all references | 
|  | from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global | 
|  | offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to | 
|  | determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so | 
|  | both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the | 
|  | same memory location for the variable.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | s = htab->sdynbss; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to | 
|  | copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the | 
|  | runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the | 
|  | .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */ | 
|  | if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *srel; | 
|  |  | 
|  | srel = htab->srelbss; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); | 
|  | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | h->needs_copy = 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for | 
|  | dynamic relocs.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct bfd_link_info *info; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) | 
|  | /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real" | 
|  | entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real | 
|  | symbol in a hash traversal.  So look at it now.  */ | 
|  | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; | 
|  |  | 
|  | info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; | 
|  | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
|  | if (htab == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; | 
|  | if ((h->got.refcount > 0 | 
|  | || h->forced_local) | 
|  | && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs, | 
|  | so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */ | 
|  | h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount; | 
|  | if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount) | 
|  | h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created | 
|  | && h->plt.refcount > 0 | 
|  | && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT | 
|  | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. | 
|  | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */ | 
|  | if (h->dynindx == -1 | 
|  | && !h->forced_local) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->shared | 
|  | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *s = htab->splt; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special | 
|  | first entry.  */ | 
|  | if (s->size == 0) | 
|  | s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | h->plt.offset = s->size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are | 
|  | not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this | 
|  | location in the .plt.  This is required to make function | 
|  | pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and | 
|  | the shared library.  */ | 
|  | if (! info->shared | 
|  | && !h->def_regular) | 
|  | { | 
|  | h->root.u.def.section = s; | 
|  | h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Make room for this entry.  */ | 
|  | s->size += htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which | 
|  | will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */ | 
|  | htab->sgotplt->size += 4; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */ | 
|  | htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations | 
|  | for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation | 
|  | section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry: | 
|  | an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */ | 
|  | if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size) | 
|  | htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent | 
|  | PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry, | 
|  | and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */ | 
|  | htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
|  | h->needs_plt = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
|  | h->needs_plt = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->got.refcount > 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *s; | 
|  | bfd_boolean dyn; | 
|  | int tls_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. | 
|  | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */ | 
|  | if (h->dynindx == -1 | 
|  | && !h->forced_local) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | s = htab->sgot; | 
|  | h->got.offset = s->size; | 
|  | s->size += 4; | 
|  | /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */ | 
|  | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD) | 
|  | s->size += 4; | 
|  | dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; | 
|  | /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic, | 
|  | R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */ | 
|  | if ((tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1) | 
|  | || (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && dyn)) | 
|  | htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD) | 
|  | htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT | 
|  | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
|  | && (info->shared | 
|  | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))) | 
|  | htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *s; | 
|  | bfd_boolean dyn; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. | 
|  | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */ | 
|  | if (h->dynindx == -1 | 
|  | && !h->forced_local) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | s = htab->sgot; | 
|  | eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size; | 
|  | s->size += 4; | 
|  | dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; | 
|  | if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)) | 
|  | htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for | 
|  | dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be | 
|  | defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard | 
|  | space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol | 
|  | visibility changes.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) | 
|  | { | 
|  | p->count -= p->pc_count; | 
|  | p->pc_count = 0; | 
|  | if (p->count == 0) | 
|  | *pp = p->next; | 
|  | else | 
|  | pp = &p->next; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->vxworks_p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) | 
|  | *pp = p->next; | 
|  | else | 
|  | pp = &p->next; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default | 
|  | visibility.  */ | 
|  | if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL | 
|  | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) | 
|  | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic | 
|  | symbol in PIEs.  */ | 
|  | else if (h->dynindx == -1 | 
|  | && !h->forced_local) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against | 
|  | symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not | 
|  | dynamic.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!h->non_got_ref | 
|  | && ((h->def_dynamic | 
|  | && !h->def_regular) | 
|  | || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created | 
|  | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak | 
|  | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. | 
|  | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */ | 
|  | if (h->dynindx == -1 | 
|  | && !h->forced_local) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the | 
|  | relocs.  */ | 
|  | if (h->dynindx != -1) | 
|  | goto keep; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | keep: ; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Finally, allocate space.  */ | 
|  | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; | 
|  | sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) | 
|  | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; | 
|  |  | 
|  | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; | 
|  | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *s = p->sec->output_section; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; | 
|  |  | 
|  | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */ | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This function is called after all the input files have been read, | 
|  | and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. | 
|  | It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared); | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
|  | struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
|  | bfd *dynobj; | 
|  | asection *s; | 
|  | bfd_boolean relocs; | 
|  | bfd *ibfd; | 
|  |  | 
|  | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
|  | if (htab == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | dynobj = htab->root.dynobj; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */ | 
|  | if (info->executable) | 
|  | { | 
|  | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp"); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); | 
|  | s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; | 
|  | s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic | 
|  | relocs.  */ | 
|  | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma *local_got; | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; | 
|  | char *local_tls_type; | 
|  | bfd_size_type locsymcount; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
|  | asection *srel; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd)) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *) | 
|  | elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); | 
|  | p != NULL; | 
|  | p = p->next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) | 
|  | && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Input section has been discarded, either because | 
|  | it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to | 
|  | linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding | 
|  | the relocs too.  */ | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (htab->vxworks_p | 
|  | && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, | 
|  | ".tls_vars") == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are | 
|  | handled specially by the loader.  */ | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (p->count != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; | 
|  | srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) | 
|  | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); | 
|  | if (!local_got) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); | 
|  | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */ | 
|  | locsymcount *= 2; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; | 
|  | local_tls_type = sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd); | 
|  | s = htab->sgot; | 
|  | srel = htab->srelgot; | 
|  | for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (*local_got > 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | *local_got = s->size; | 
|  | s->size += 4; | 
|  | if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD) | 
|  | s->size += 4; | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
|  | ++local_tls_type; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32 | 
|  | relocs.  */ | 
|  | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size; | 
|  | htab->sgot->size += 8; | 
|  | htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global | 
|  | sym dynamic relocs.  */ | 
|  | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. | 
|  | Allocate memory for them.  */ | 
|  | relocs = FALSE; | 
|  | for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (s == htab->splt | 
|  | || s == htab->sgot | 
|  | || s == htab->sgotplt | 
|  | || s == htab->sdynbss) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the | 
|  | comment below.  */ | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela")) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2) | 
|  | relocs = TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need | 
|  | to copy relocs into the output file.  */ | 
|  | s->reloc_count = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */ | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (s->size == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the | 
|  | output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and | 
|  | .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in | 
|  | create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created | 
|  | before the linker maps input sections to output | 
|  | sections.  The linker does that before | 
|  | adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that | 
|  | function which decides whether anything needs to go | 
|  | into these sections.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc | 
|  | here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the | 
|  | section's contents are written out.  This should not happen, | 
|  | but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead | 
|  | of garbage.  */ | 
|  | s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); | 
|  | if (s->contents == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the | 
|  | values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we | 
|  | must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for | 
|  | the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the | 
|  | dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */ | 
|  | #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ | 
|  | _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->executable) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->splt->size != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) | 
|  | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) | 
|  | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) | 
|  | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (relocs) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) | 
|  | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) | 
|  | || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, | 
|  | sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, | 
|  | then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */ | 
|  | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) | 
|  | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (htab->vxworks_p | 
|  | && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #undef add_dynamic_entry | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
|  | bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, | 
|  | bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, | 
|  | asection **local_sections) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; | 
|  | bfd *dynobj; | 
|  | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; | 
|  | asection *sgot; | 
|  | asection *sgotplt; | 
|  | asection *splt; | 
|  | asection *sreloc; | 
|  | asection *srelgot; | 
|  | bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
|  | if (htab == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); | 
|  | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); | 
|  | dynobj = htab->root.dynobj; | 
|  | local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | sgot = htab->sgot; | 
|  | sgotplt = htab->sgotplt; | 
|  | splt = htab->splt; | 
|  | sreloc = NULL; | 
|  | srelgot = NULL; | 
|  | /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections | 
|  | specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */ | 
|  | is_vxworks_tls = (htab->vxworks_p && info->shared | 
|  | && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, | 
|  | ".tls_vars")); | 
|  |  | 
|  | rel = relocs; | 
|  | relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; | 
|  | for (; rel < relend; rel++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int r_type; | 
|  | reloc_howto_type *howto; | 
|  | unsigned long r_symndx; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; | 
|  | asection *sec; | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
|  | bfd_vma relocation; | 
|  | bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0; | 
|  | bfd_reloc_status_type r; | 
|  | int seen_stt_datalabel = 0; | 
|  | bfd_vma off; | 
|  | int tls_type; | 
|  |  | 
|  | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); | 
|  |  | 
|  | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are | 
|  | handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */ | 
|  | if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT | 
|  | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (r_type < 0 | 
|  | || r_type >= R_SH_max | 
|  | || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC | 
|  | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC) | 
|  | || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 | 
|  | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3) | 
|  | || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 | 
|  | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4) | 
|  | || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 | 
|  | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5) | 
|  | || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 | 
|  | && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from | 
|  | the relocation.  */ | 
|  | if (! howto->partial_inplace) | 
|  | addend = rel->r_addend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | h = NULL; | 
|  | sym = NULL; | 
|  | sec = NULL; | 
|  | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sym = local_syms + r_symndx; | 
|  | sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; | 
|  | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sec->output_offset | 
|  | + sym->st_value); | 
|  | /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need | 
|  | datalabel processing here.  Make sure this does not change | 
|  | without notice.  */ | 
|  | if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0) | 
|  | ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous) | 
|  | (info, | 
|  | _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"), | 
|  | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec)) | 
|  | /* Handled below.  */ | 
|  | ; | 
|  | else if (info->relocatable) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change | 
|  | anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol, | 
|  | in which case we have to adjust according to where the | 
|  | section symbol winds up in the output section.  */ | 
|  | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! howto->partial_inplace) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* For relocations with the addend in the | 
|  | relocation, we need just to update the addend. | 
|  | All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this | 
|  | code is mostly for completeness.  */ | 
|  | rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset; | 
|  |  | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the | 
|  | contents in the contents and add the offset resulting | 
|  | from the changed location of the section symbol. | 
|  | Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto | 
|  | final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because | 
|  | relocations marked pc_relative would get the current | 
|  | location subtracted, and we must only do that at the | 
|  | final link.  */ | 
|  | r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd, | 
|  | sec->output_offset | 
|  | + sym->st_value, | 
|  | contents + rel->r_offset); | 
|  | goto relocation_done; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (! howto->partial_inplace) | 
|  | { | 
|  | relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); | 
|  | addend = rel->r_addend; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) | 
|  | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *msec; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff) | 
|  | { | 
|  | (*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"), | 
|  | input_bfd, input_section, | 
|  | (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); | 
|  | msec = sec; | 
|  | addend = | 
|  | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend) | 
|  | - relocation; | 
|  | addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset; | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset); | 
|  | addend = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | relocation = 0; | 
|  | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; | 
|  | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect | 
|  | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with | 
|  | STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value | 
|  | doesn't count.  */ | 
|  | seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined | 
|  | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_boolean dyn; | 
|  |  | 
|  | dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; | 
|  | sec = h->root.u.def.section; | 
|  | /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value. | 
|  | We check specially because in some obscure cases | 
|  | sec->output_section will be NULL.  */ | 
|  | if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 | 
|  | || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16) | 
|  | && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) | 
|  | || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16) | 
|  | && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) | 
|  | && (! info->shared | 
|  | || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1) | 
|  | || !h->def_regular)) | 
|  | /* The cases above are those in which relocation is | 
|  | overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases | 
|  | below are those in which we must defer relocation | 
|  | to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute | 
|  | addresses when creating a shared library.  */ | 
|  | || (info->shared | 
|  | && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1) | 
|  | || !h->def_regular) | 
|  | && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32 | 
|  | && !h->forced_local) | 
|  | || (r_type == R_SH_REL32 | 
|  | && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) | 
|  | && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | 
|  | /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its | 
|  | sections against symbols defined externally | 
|  | in shared libraries.  We can't do anything | 
|  | with them here.  */ | 
|  | || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 | 
|  | && h->def_dynamic))) | 
|  | /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING | 
|  | sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and | 
|  | thus ld.so will not process them.  */ | 
|  | || (sec->output_section == NULL | 
|  | && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 | 
|  | && h->def_dynamic)) | 
|  | || (sec->output_section == NULL | 
|  | && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE | 
|  | || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD))) | 
|  | ; | 
|  | else if (sec->output_section != NULL) | 
|  | relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value | 
|  | + sec->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sec->output_offset) | 
|  | /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the | 
|  | symbol value, unless we've seen | 
|  | STT_DATALABEL on the way to it.  */ | 
|  | | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0 | 
|  | && ! seen_stt_datalabel)); | 
|  | else if (!info->relocatable) | 
|  | { | 
|  | (*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"), | 
|  | input_bfd, | 
|  | input_section, | 
|  | (long) rel->r_offset, | 
|  | howto->name, | 
|  | h->root.root.string); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
|  | ; | 
|  | else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE | 
|  | && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) | 
|  | ; | 
|  | else if (!info->relocatable) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol | 
|  | (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, | 
|  | input_section, rel->r_offset, | 
|  | (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR | 
|  | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)))) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, | 
|  | or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the | 
|  | section contents zeroed.  Avoid any special processing.  */ | 
|  | _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); | 
|  | rel->r_info = 0; | 
|  | rel->r_addend = 0; | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->relocatable) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch ((int) r_type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | final_link_relocate: | 
|  | /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for | 
|  | R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */ | 
|  | r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, | 
|  | contents, rel->r_offset, | 
|  | relocation, addend); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_IND12W: | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
|  | /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then | 
|  | the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc | 
|  | is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not | 
|  | against the start of this section, then it's against an | 
|  | external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */ | 
|  | if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset | 
|  | != relocation) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int disp = (relocation | 
|  | - input_section->output_section->vma | 
|  | - input_section->output_offset | 
|  | - rel->r_offset); | 
|  | int mask = 0; | 
|  | switch (r_type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break; | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break; | 
|  | default: mask = 0; break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (disp & mask) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"), | 
|  | input_section->owner, | 
|  | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset)); | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | relocation -= 4; | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  | } | 
|  | r = bfd_reloc_ok; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | default: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section, | 
|  | contents, rel, &relocation)) | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR16: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8U: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8S: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR4U: | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8UL: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR4UL: | 
|  | if (relocation & 3) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"), | 
|  | input_section->owner, | 
|  | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name, | 
|  | (unsigned long) relocation)); | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8UW: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR8SW: | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR4UW: | 
|  | if (relocation & 1) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"), | 
|  | input_section->owner, | 
|  | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name, | 
|  | (unsigned long) relocation)); | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_PSHA: | 
|  | if ((signed int)relocation < -32 | 
|  | || (signed int)relocation > 32) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"), | 
|  | input_section->owner, | 
|  | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, | 
|  | (unsigned long) relocation)); | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_PSHL: | 
|  | if ((signed int)relocation < -16 | 
|  | || (signed int)relocation > 16) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"), | 
|  | input_section->owner, | 
|  | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, | 
|  | (unsigned long) relocation)); | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR32: | 
|  | case R_SH_REL32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL: | 
|  | case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL: | 
|  | case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL: | 
|  | case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | if (info->shared | 
|  | && (h == NULL | 
|  | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT | 
|  | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
|  | && r_symndx != 0 | 
|  | && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | 
|  | && !is_vxworks_tls | 
|  | && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32 | 
|  | || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  | bfd_boolean skip, relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* When generating a shared object, these relocations | 
|  | are copied into the output file to be resolved at run | 
|  | time.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (sreloc == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section | 
|  | (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE); | 
|  | if (sreloc == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | skip = FALSE; | 
|  | relocate = FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | outrel.r_offset = | 
|  | _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, | 
|  | rel->r_offset); | 
|  | if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) | 
|  | skip = TRUE; | 
|  | else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) | 
|  | skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE; | 
|  | outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma | 
|  | + input_section->output_offset); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (skip) | 
|  | memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); | 
|  | else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32) | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1); | 
|  | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32); | 
|  | outrel.r_addend | 
|  | = (howto->partial_inplace | 
|  | ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) | 
|  | : addend); | 
|  | } | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1); | 
|  | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); | 
|  | outrel.r_addend = addend; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to | 
|  | become local.  */ | 
|  | if (h == NULL | 
|  | || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1) | 
|  | && h->def_regular)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | relocate = howto->partial_inplace; | 
|  | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); | 
|  | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
|  | } | 
|  | outrel.r_addend = relocation; | 
|  | outrel.r_addend | 
|  | += (howto->partial_inplace | 
|  | ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) | 
|  | : addend); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | loc = sreloc->contents; | 
|  | loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do | 
|  | not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we | 
|  | need to include the symbol value so that it becomes | 
|  | an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */ | 
|  | if (! relocate) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the | 
|  | procedure linkage table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h == NULL | 
|  | || h->forced_local | 
|  | || ! info->shared | 
|  | || info->symbolic | 
|  | || h->dynindx == -1 | 
|  | || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 | 
|  | || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) | 
|  | goto force_got; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global | 
|  | offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL); | 
|  | relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset | 
|  | + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset) | 
|  | + 3) * 4); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
|  | relocation -= GOT_BIAS; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | force_got: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT10BY4: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT10BY8: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global | 
|  | offset table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_boolean dyn; | 
|  |  | 
|  | off = h->got.offset; | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (seen_stt_datalabel) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh; | 
|  |  | 
|  | hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h; | 
|  | off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1); | 
|  |  | 
|  | dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; | 
|  | if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) | 
|  | || (info->shared | 
|  | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
|  | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) | 
|  | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This is actually a static link, or it is a | 
|  | -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined | 
|  | locally, or the symbol was forced to be local | 
|  | because of a version file.  We must initialize | 
|  | this entry in the global offset table.  Since the | 
|  | offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the | 
|  | least significant bit to record whether we have | 
|  | initialized it already. | 
|  |  | 
|  | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got | 
|  | relocation entry to initialize the value.  This | 
|  | is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */ | 
|  | if ((off & 1) != 0) | 
|  | off &= ~1; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, | 
|  | sgot->contents + off); | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (seen_stt_datalabel) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh; | 
|  |  | 
|  | hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h; | 
|  | hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | h->got.offset |= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | relocation = sgot->output_offset + off; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (rel->r_addend) | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL | 
|  | && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info | 
|  | + r_symndx] | 
|  | != (bfd_vma) -1)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info | 
|  | + r_symndx]; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL | 
|  | && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1); | 
|  |  | 
|  | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use | 
|  | the least significant bit to record whether we have | 
|  | already generated the necessary reloc.  */ | 
|  | if ((off & 1) != 0) | 
|  | off &= ~1; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (srelgot == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, | 
|  | ".rela.got"); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sgot->output_offset | 
|  | + off); | 
|  | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); | 
|  | outrel.r_addend = relocation; | 
|  | loc = srelgot->contents; | 
|  | loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (rel->r_addend) | 
|  | local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1; | 
|  | else | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | relocation = sgot->output_offset + off; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
|  | relocation -= GOT_BIAS; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset | 
|  | table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Note that sgot->output_offset is not involved in this | 
|  | calculation.  We always want the start of .got.  If we | 
|  | defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE in a different way, as is | 
|  | permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this | 
|  | calculation.  */ | 
|  | relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
|  | relocation -= GOT_BIAS; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | addend = rel->r_addend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); | 
|  | relocation = sgot->output_section->vma; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
|  | relocation += GOT_BIAS; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | addend = rel->r_addend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_HI16: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the | 
|  | procedure linkage table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly, | 
|  | without using the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
|  | if (h == NULL) | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->forced_local) | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This | 
|  | happens when statically linking PIC code, or when | 
|  | using -Bsymbolic.  */ | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL); | 
|  | relocation = (splt->output_section->vma | 
|  | + splt->output_offset | 
|  | + h->plt.offset); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | relocation++; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | addend = rel->r_addend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_LOOP_START: | 
|  | { | 
|  | static bfd_vma start, end; | 
|  |  | 
|  | start = (relocation + rel->r_addend | 
|  | - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)); | 
|  | r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents, | 
|  | rel->r_offset, sec, start, end); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_LOOP_END: | 
|  | end = (relocation + rel->r_addend | 
|  | - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)); | 
|  | r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents, | 
|  | rel->r_offset, sec, start, end); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
|  | r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL); | 
|  | tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; | 
|  | if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets) | 
|  | tls_type = sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]; | 
|  | else if (h != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | tls_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; | 
|  | if (! info->shared | 
|  | && (h->dynindx == -1 | 
|  | || h->def_regular)) | 
|  | r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) | 
|  | r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma offset; | 
|  | unsigned short insn; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* GD->LE transition: | 
|  | mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; | 
|  | jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; | 
|  | 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: | 
|  | We change it into: | 
|  | mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop; | 
|  | nop; nop; ... | 
|  | 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | offset = rel->r_offset; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); | 
|  | /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */ | 
|  | offset -= 16; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); | 
|  | offset -= 2; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); | 
|  |  | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | int target; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* IE->LE transition: | 
|  | mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM; | 
|  | bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2: | 
|  | We change it into: | 
|  | mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...; | 
|  | 1: x@TPOFF; 2:.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | offset = rel->r_offset; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); | 
|  | /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */ | 
|  | offset -= 10; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012) | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); | 
|  | offset -= 2; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000); | 
|  | target = insn & 0x00ff; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce); | 
|  | insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target; | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation), | 
|  | contents + rel->r_offset); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | sgot = htab->sgot; | 
|  | if (sgot == NULL) | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | off = h->got.offset; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */ | 
|  | if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32 | 
|  | && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) | 
|  | { | 
|  | off &= ~1; | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation), | 
|  | sgot->contents + off); | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sgot->output_offset + off, | 
|  | contents + rel->r_offset); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if ((off & 1) != 0) | 
|  | off &= ~1; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  | int dr_type, indx; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (srelgot == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got"); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sgot->output_offset + off); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1) | 
|  | indx = 0; | 
|  | else | 
|  | indx = h->dynindx; | 
|  |  | 
|  | dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 : | 
|  | R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32); | 
|  | if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0) | 
|  | outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info); | 
|  | else | 
|  | outrel.r_addend = 0; | 
|  | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type); | 
|  | loc = srelgot->contents; | 
|  | loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (indx == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, | 
|  | relocation - dtpoff_base (info), | 
|  | sgot->contents + off + 4); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, | 
|  | R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32); | 
|  | outrel.r_offset += 4; | 
|  | outrel.r_addend = 0; | 
|  | srelgot->reloc_count++; | 
|  | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | h->got.offset |= 1; | 
|  | else | 
|  | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) | 
|  | relocation = sgot->output_offset + off; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma offset; | 
|  | unsigned short insn; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* GD->IE transition: | 
|  | mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; | 
|  | jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; | 
|  | 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: | 
|  | We change it into: | 
|  | mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0; | 
|  | nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; | 
|  | 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | offset = rel->r_offset; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); | 
|  | /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */ | 
|  | offset -= 16; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); | 
|  | offset -= 2; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */ | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset); | 
|  |  | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); | 
|  |  | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); | 
|  |  | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sgot->output_offset + off, | 
|  | contents + rel->r_offset); | 
|  |  | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | addend = rel->r_addend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: | 
|  | if (! info->shared) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_vma offset; | 
|  | unsigned short insn; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* LD->LE transition: | 
|  | mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; | 
|  | jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; | 
|  | 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: | 
|  | We change it into: | 
|  | stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop; | 
|  | nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | offset = rel->r_offset; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); | 
|  | /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */ | 
|  | offset -= 16; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); | 
|  | offset -= 2; | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); | 
|  | insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); | 
|  |  | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); | 
|  |  | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | sgot = htab->sgot; | 
|  | if (sgot == NULL) | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset; | 
|  | if (off & 1) | 
|  | off &= ~1; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | srelgot = htab->srelgot; | 
|  | if (srelgot == NULL) | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sgot->output_offset + off); | 
|  | outrel.r_addend = 0; | 
|  | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32); | 
|  | loc = srelgot->contents; | 
|  | loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
|  | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | relocation = sgot->output_offset + off; | 
|  | addend = rel->r_addend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32: | 
|  | if (! info->shared) | 
|  | relocation = tpoff (info, relocation); | 
|  | else | 
|  | relocation -= dtpoff_base (info); | 
|  |  | 
|  | addend = rel->r_addend; | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_LE_32: | 
|  | { | 
|  | int indx; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! info->shared) | 
|  | { | 
|  | relocation = tpoff (info, relocation); | 
|  | addend = rel->r_addend; | 
|  | goto final_link_relocate; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (sreloc == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section | 
|  | (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE); | 
|  | if (sreloc == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1) | 
|  | indx = 0; | 
|  | else | 
|  | indx = h->dynindx; | 
|  |  | 
|  | outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma | 
|  | + input_section->output_offset | 
|  | + rel->r_offset); | 
|  | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32); | 
|  | if (indx == 0) | 
|  | outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info); | 
|  | else | 
|  | outrel.r_addend = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | loc = sreloc->contents; | 
|  | loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | relocation_done: | 
|  | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) | 
|  | { | 
|  | switch (r) | 
|  | { | 
|  | default: | 
|  | case bfd_reloc_outofrange: | 
|  | abort (); | 
|  | case bfd_reloc_overflow: | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *name; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | name = NULL; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section | 
|  | (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name)); | 
|  | if (name == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | if (*name == '\0') | 
|  | name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) | 
|  | (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name, | 
|  | (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, | 
|  | rel->r_offset))) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents | 
|  | which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_byte * | 
|  | sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd, | 
|  | struct bfd_link_info *link_info, | 
|  | struct bfd_link_order *link_order, | 
|  | bfd_byte *data, | 
|  | bfd_boolean relocatable, | 
|  | asymbol **symbols) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
|  | asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section; | 
|  | bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner; | 
|  | asection **sections = NULL; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a | 
|  | particular set of section contents, specially.  */ | 
|  | if (relocatable | 
|  | || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL) | 
|  | return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, | 
|  | link_order, data, | 
|  | relocatable, | 
|  | symbols); | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents, | 
|  | (size_t) input_section->size); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 | 
|  | && input_section->reloc_count > 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection **secpp; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend; | 
|  | bfd_size_type amt; | 
|  |  | 
|  | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs | 
|  | (input_bfd, input_section, NULL, | 
|  | (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE)); | 
|  | if (internal_relocs == NULL) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; | 
|  | if (isymbuf == NULL) | 
|  | isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, | 
|  | symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, | 
|  | NULL, NULL, NULL); | 
|  | if (isymbuf == NULL) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
|  | amt *= sizeof (asection *); | 
|  | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); | 
|  | if (sections == NULL && amt != 0) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
|  | for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *isec; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) | 
|  | isec = bfd_und_section_ptr; | 
|  | else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) | 
|  | isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; | 
|  | else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) | 
|  | isec = bfd_com_section_ptr; | 
|  | else | 
|  | isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | *secpp = isec; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd, | 
|  | input_section, data, internal_relocs, | 
|  | isymbuf, sections)) | 
|  | goto error_return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (sections != NULL) | 
|  | free (sections); | 
|  | if (isymbuf != NULL | 
|  | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) | 
|  | free (isymbuf); | 
|  | if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs) | 
|  | free (internal_relocs); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return data; | 
|  |  | 
|  | error_return: | 
|  | if (sections != NULL) | 
|  | free (sections); | 
|  | if (isymbuf != NULL | 
|  | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) | 
|  | free (isymbuf); | 
|  | if (internal_relocs != NULL | 
|  | && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs) | 
|  | free (internal_relocs); | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses | 
|  | when resolving @dtpoff relocation. | 
|  | This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_vma | 
|  | dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */ | 
|  | if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_vma | 
|  | tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */ | 
|  | if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead | 
|  | structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */ | 
|  | return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma | 
|  | + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8, | 
|  | elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static asection * | 
|  | sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, | 
|  | struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT: | 
|  | case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY: | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
|  | asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; | 
|  | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->relocatable) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); | 
|  | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); | 
|  | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; | 
|  | for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned long r_symndx; | 
|  | unsigned int r_type; | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | int seen_stt_datalabel = 0; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); | 
|  | if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; | 
|  |  | 
|  | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; | 
|  | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect | 
|  | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; | 
|  | } | 
|  | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; | 
|  | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next) | 
|  | if (p->sec == sec) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Everything must go for SEC.  */ | 
|  | *pp = p->next; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); | 
|  | switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: | 
|  | if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) | 
|  | sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT32: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT10BY4: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT10BY8: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (seen_stt_datalabel) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; | 
|  | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; | 
|  | if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0) | 
|  | eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | if (h->got.refcount > 0) | 
|  | h->got.refcount -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (rel->r_addend & 1) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0) | 
|  | local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) | 
|  | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR32: | 
|  | case R_SH_REL32: | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | /* Fall thru */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_HI16: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (h->plt.refcount > 0) | 
|  | h->plt.refcount -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; | 
|  | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; | 
|  | if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1; | 
|  | if (h->plt.refcount > 0) | 
|  | h->plt.refcount -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | else if (seen_stt_datalabel) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0) | 
|  | eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | else if (h->got.refcount > 0) | 
|  | h->got.refcount -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (rel->r_addend & 1) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0) | 
|  | local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) | 
|  | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | default: | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; | 
|  |  | 
|  | edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir; | 
|  | eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym | 
|  | list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */ | 
|  | for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) | 
|  | if (q->sec == p->sec) | 
|  | { | 
|  | q->pc_count += p->pc_count; | 
|  | q->count += p->count; | 
|  | *pp = p->next; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (q == NULL) | 
|  | pp = &p->next; | 
|  | } | 
|  | *pp = edir->dyn_relocs; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; | 
|  | eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  | edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount; | 
|  | eind->gotplt_refcount = 0; | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount; | 
|  | eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect | 
|  | && dir->got.refcount <= 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type; | 
|  | eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect | 
|  | && dir->dynamic_adjusted) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing | 
|  | of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref. | 
|  | We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */ | 
|  | dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic; | 
|  | dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular; | 
|  | dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak; | 
|  | dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static int | 
|  | sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type, | 
|  | int is_local) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | return r_type; | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch (r_type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
|  | if (is_local) | 
|  | return R_SH_TLS_LE_32; | 
|  | return R_SH_TLS_IE_32; | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: | 
|  | return R_SH_TLS_LE_32; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return r_type; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase. | 
|  | Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the | 
|  | virtual table relocs for gc.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec, | 
|  | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
|  | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; | 
|  | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; | 
|  | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; | 
|  | asection *sgot; | 
|  | asection *srelgot; | 
|  | asection *sreloc; | 
|  | unsigned int r_type; | 
|  | int tls_type, old_tls_type; | 
|  |  | 
|  | sgot = NULL; | 
|  | srelgot = NULL; | 
|  | sreloc = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->relocatable) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); | 
|  | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
|  | if (htab == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; | 
|  | for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
|  | unsigned long r_symndx; | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | int seen_stt_datalabel = 0; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); | 
|  | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
|  | h = NULL; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; | 
|  | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect | 
|  | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL); | 
|  | if (! info->shared | 
|  | && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32 | 
|  | && h != NULL | 
|  | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined | 
|  | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak | 
|  | && (h->dynindx == -1 | 
|  | || h->def_regular)) | 
|  | r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */ | 
|  | if (htab->sgot == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | switch (r_type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT32: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT32: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT10BY4: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT10BY8: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
|  | if (htab->sgot == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL) | 
|  | htab->root.dynobj = abfd; | 
|  | if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | default: | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch (r_type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. | 
|  | Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */ | 
|  | case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT: | 
|  | if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually | 
|  | used.  Record for later use during GC.  */ | 
|  | case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY: | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); | 
|  | if (h != NULL | 
|  | && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* FALLTHROUGH */ | 
|  | force_got: | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT10BY4: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOT10BY8: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | switch (r_type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | default: | 
|  | tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
|  | tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
|  | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (seen_stt_datalabel) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh | 
|  | = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; | 
|  |  | 
|  | eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | h->got.refcount += 1; | 
|  | old_tls_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This is a global offset table entry for a local | 
|  | symbol.  */ | 
|  | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); | 
|  | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_size_type size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
|  | size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma); | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and | 
|  | codelabel local GOT offsets.  */ | 
|  | size *= 2; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | size += symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
|  | local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *) | 
|  | bfd_zalloc (abfd, size)); | 
|  | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; | 
|  | #ifdef 	INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local | 
|  | GOT offsets.  */ | 
|  | sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) | 
|  | = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info); | 
|  | #else | 
|  | sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) | 
|  | = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | } | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | if (rel->r_addend & 1) | 
|  | local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1; | 
|  | else | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; | 
|  | old_tls_type = sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx]; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once, | 
|  | there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */ | 
|  | if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN | 
|  | && (old_tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD || tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (old_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD) | 
|  | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | (*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"), | 
|  | abfd, h->root.root.string); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (old_tls_type != tls_type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type; | 
|  | else | 
|  | sh_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: | 
|  | sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: | 
|  | case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without | 
|  | creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h == NULL | 
|  | || h->forced_local | 
|  | || ! info->shared | 
|  | || info->symbolic | 
|  | || h->dynindx == -1) | 
|  | goto force_got; | 
|  |  | 
|  | h->needs_plt = 1; | 
|  | h->plt.refcount += 1; | 
|  | ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_LOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16: | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16: | 
|  | case R_SH_PLT_HI16: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We | 
|  | actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol, | 
|  | because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is | 
|  | never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we | 
|  | don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry | 
|  | after all.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without | 
|  | creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */ | 
|  | if (h == NULL) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->forced_local) | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | h->needs_plt = 1; | 
|  | h->plt.refcount += 1; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_DIR32: | 
|  | case R_SH_REL32: | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL: | 
|  | case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL: | 
|  | case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL: | 
|  | case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL: | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | if (h != NULL && ! info->shared) | 
|  | { | 
|  | h->non_got_ref = 1; | 
|  | h->plt.refcount += 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc | 
|  | against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc | 
|  | against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc | 
|  | into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with | 
|  | -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a | 
|  | global symbol which is defined in an object we are | 
|  | including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At | 
|  | this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is | 
|  | possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set | 
|  | later (it is never cleared).  We account for that | 
|  | possibility below by storing information in the | 
|  | dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar | 
|  | situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol | 
|  | visibility changes render the symbol local. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we | 
|  | may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a | 
|  | dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the | 
|  | symbol.  */ | 
|  | if ((info->shared | 
|  | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | 
|  | && (r_type != R_SH_REL32 | 
|  | || (h != NULL | 
|  | && (! info->symbolic | 
|  | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak | 
|  | || !h->def_regular)))) | 
|  | || (! info->shared | 
|  | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | 
|  | && h != NULL | 
|  | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak | 
|  | || !h->def_regular))) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; | 
|  | struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL) | 
|  | htab->root.dynobj = abfd; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these | 
|  | reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc | 
|  | section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */ | 
|  | if (sreloc == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section | 
|  | (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (sreloc == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of | 
|  | relocations we need for this symbol.  */ | 
|  | if (h != NULL) | 
|  | head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */ | 
|  | asection *s; | 
|  | void *vpp; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, | 
|  | abfd, r_symndx); | 
|  | if (isym == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); | 
|  | if (s == NULL) | 
|  | s = sec; | 
|  |  | 
|  | vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; | 
|  | head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | p = *head; | 
|  | if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p); | 
|  | p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt); | 
|  | if (p == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | p->next = *head; | 
|  | *head = p; | 
|  | p->sec = sec; | 
|  | p->count = 0; | 
|  | p->pc_count = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | p->count += 1; | 
|  | if (r_type == R_SH_REL32 | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL | 
|  | || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | ) | 
|  | p->pc_count += 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_LE_32: | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | { | 
|  | (*_bfd_error_handler) | 
|  | (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"), | 
|  | abfd); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32: | 
|  | /* Nothing to do.  */ | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | default: | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags | 
|  | static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd) | 
|  | { | 
|  | flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table)) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[]. | 
|  | Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c | 
|  | return the equivalent ELF flags from the table. | 
|  | Return -1 if no match is found.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | int | 
|  | sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (; i>0; i--) | 
|  | if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach) | 
|  | return i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* shouldn't get here */ | 
|  | BFD_FAIL(); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return -1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags | 
|  | /* Function to keep SH specific file flags.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) | 
|  | { | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd) | 
|  | || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); | 
|  |  | 
|  | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; | 
|  | elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; | 
|  | return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd); | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data | 
|  | /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Copy object attributes.  */ | 
|  | _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd)) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags); | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that | 
|  | corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | int | 
|  | sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set) | 
|  | { | 
|  | extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int); | 
|  | unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and | 
|  | calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | 
|  | { | 
|  | extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd)) | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! elf_flags_init (obfd)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */ | 
|  | elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; | 
|  | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = EF_SH1; | 
|  | sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible " | 
|  | "with instructions used in previous modules", | 
|  | ibfd); | 
|  | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = | 
|  | sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata | 
|  | as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags | 
|  | here.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various | 
|  | dynamic sections here.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
|  |  | 
|  | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
|  | if (htab == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *splt; | 
|  | asection *sgot; | 
|  | asection *srel; | 
|  |  | 
|  | bfd_vma plt_index; | 
|  | bfd_vma got_offset; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set | 
|  | it up.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); | 
|  |  | 
|  | splt = htab->splt; | 
|  | sgot = htab->sgotplt; | 
|  | srel = htab->srelplt; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srel != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which | 
|  | corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol | 
|  | in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The | 
|  | first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */ | 
|  | plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that | 
|  | corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes. | 
|  | The first three are reserved.  */ | 
|  | got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | got_offset -= GOT_BIAS; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
|  | memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, | 
|  | htab->plt_info->symbol_entry, | 
|  | htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset, | 
|  | (splt->contents | 
|  | + h->plt.offset | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry)); | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, | 
|  | (sgot->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sgot->output_offset | 
|  | + got_offset), | 
|  | (splt->contents | 
|  | + h->plt.offset | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry)); | 
|  | if (htab->vxworks_p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k; | 
|  | int distance; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains | 
|  | REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain | 
|  | PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can | 
|  | branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch | 
|  | to the last element of the previous group.  */ | 
|  | /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of | 
|  | the common resolver stub.  */ | 
|  | reachable_plts = ((4096 | 
|  | - htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size | 
|  | - (htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4)) | 
|  | / htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1; | 
|  | plts_per_4k = (4096 / htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size); | 
|  | if (plt_index < reachable_plts) | 
|  | distance = -(h->plt.offset | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt); | 
|  | else | 
|  | distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1) | 
|  | * htab->plt_info->symbol_entry_size); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */ | 
|  | bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, | 
|  | 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)), | 
|  | (splt->contents | 
|  | + h->plt.offset | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt)); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE, | 
|  | splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset, | 
|  | (splt->contents | 
|  | + h->plt.offset | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.plt)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
|  | if (info->shared) | 
|  | got_offset += GOT_BIAS; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, | 
|  | plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela), | 
|  | (splt->contents | 
|  | + h->plt.offset | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */ | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, | 
|  | (splt->output_section->vma | 
|  | + splt->output_offset | 
|  | + h->plt.offset | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset), | 
|  | sgot->contents + got_offset); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */ | 
|  | rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sgot->output_offset | 
|  | + got_offset); | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT); | 
|  | rel.r_addend = 0; | 
|  | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
|  | rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | loc = srel->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry. | 
|  | Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */ | 
|  | loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents | 
|  | + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation | 
|  | for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */ | 
|  | rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma | 
|  | + htab->splt->output_offset | 
|  | + h->plt.offset | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry); | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
|  | rel.r_addend = got_offset; | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
|  | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for | 
|  | the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */ | 
|  | rel.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma | 
|  | + htab->sgotplt->output_offset | 
|  | + got_offset); | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
|  | rel.r_addend = 0; | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!h->def_regular) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in | 
|  | the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */ | 
|  | sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 | 
|  | && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD | 
|  | && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *sgot; | 
|  | asection *srel; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it | 
|  | up.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | sgot = htab->sgot; | 
|  | srel = htab->srelgot; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srel != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sgot->output_offset | 
|  | + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the | 
|  | symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because | 
|  | of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. | 
|  | The entry in the global offset table will already have been | 
|  | initialized in the relocate_section function.  */ | 
|  | if (info->shared | 
|  | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); | 
|  | rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value | 
|  | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
|  | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset); | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT); | 
|  | rel.r_addend = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | loc = srel->contents; | 
|  | loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; | 
|  |  | 
|  | eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; | 
|  | if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *sgot; | 
|  | asection *srel; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table. | 
|  | Set it up.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | sgot = htab->sgot; | 
|  | srel = htab->srelgot; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srel != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sgot->output_offset | 
|  | + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the | 
|  | symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because | 
|  | of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. | 
|  | The entry in the global offset table will already have been | 
|  | initialized in the relocate_section function.  */ | 
|  | if (info->shared | 
|  | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); | 
|  | rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value | 
|  | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
|  | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents | 
|  | + eh->datalabel_got.offset); | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT); | 
|  | rel.r_addend = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | loc = srel->contents; | 
|  | loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (h->needs_copy) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *s; | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 | 
|  | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined | 
|  | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner, | 
|  | ".rela.bss"); | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value | 
|  | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
|  | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY); | 
|  | rel.r_addend = 0; | 
|  | loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks, | 
|  | _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the | 
|  | ".got" section.  */ | 
|  | if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0 | 
|  | || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot)) | 
|  | sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
|  | asection *sgot; | 
|  | asection *sdyn; | 
|  |  | 
|  | htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
|  | if (htab == NULL) | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | sgot = htab->sgotplt; | 
|  | sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic"); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *splt; | 
|  | Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; | 
|  |  | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && sdyn != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; | 
|  | dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); | 
|  | for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; | 
|  | asection *s; | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | const char *name; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch (dyn.d_tag) | 
|  | { | 
|  | default: | 
|  | if (htab->vxworks_p | 
|  | && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA | 
|  | case DT_INIT: | 
|  | name = info->init_function; | 
|  | goto get_sym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case DT_FINI: | 
|  | name = info->fini_function; | 
|  | get_sym: | 
|  | if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
|  |  | 
|  | h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name, | 
|  | FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); | 
|  | if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1; | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | break; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | case DT_PLTGOT: | 
|  | s = htab->sgot->output_section; | 
|  | goto get_vma; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case DT_JMPREL: | 
|  | s = htab->srelplt->output_section; | 
|  | get_vma: | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); | 
|  | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case DT_PLTRELSZ: | 
|  | s = htab->srelplt->output_section; | 
|  | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); | 
|  | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size; | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case DT_RELASZ: | 
|  | /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the | 
|  | procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be | 
|  | included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).  This is | 
|  | what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle | 
|  | that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry | 
|  | here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since | 
|  | the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all | 
|  | other relocation sections, we don't have to worry | 
|  | about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */ | 
|  | if (htab->srelplt != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | s = htab->srelplt->output_section; | 
|  | dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size; | 
|  | } | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
|  | splt = htab->splt; | 
|  | if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry) | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | memcpy (splt->contents, | 
|  | htab->plt_info->plt0_entry, | 
|  | htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size); | 
|  | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++) | 
|  | if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE) | 
|  | install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, | 
|  | (sgot->output_section->vma | 
|  | + sgot->output_offset | 
|  | + (i * 4)), | 
|  | (splt->contents | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i])); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (htab->vxworks_p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */ | 
|  | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; | 
|  | bfd_byte *loc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the | 
|  | first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */ | 
|  | loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; | 
|  | rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma | 
|  | + splt->output_offset | 
|  | + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]); | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
|  | rel.r_addend = 8; | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
|  | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. | 
|  | They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or | 
|  | _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were | 
|  | output.  */ | 
|  | while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */ | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, | 
|  | R_SH_DIR32); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
|  | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */ | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); | 
|  | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, | 
|  | R_SH_DIR32); | 
|  | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
|  | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't | 
|  | really seem like the right value.  */ | 
|  | elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */ | 
|  | if (sgot && sgot->size > 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (sdyn == NULL) | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents); | 
|  | else | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, | 
|  | sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset, | 
|  | sgot->contents); | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4); | 
|  | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8); | 
|  |  | 
|  | elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static enum elf_reloc_type_class | 
|  | sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) | 
|  | { | 
|  | switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case R_SH_RELATIVE: | 
|  | return reloc_class_relative; | 
|  | case R_SH_JMP_SLOT: | 
|  | return reloc_class_plt; | 
|  | case R_SH_COPY: | 
|  | return reloc_class_copy; | 
|  | default: | 
|  | return reloc_class_normal; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED | 
|  | /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int offset; | 
|  | unsigned int size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch (note->descsz) | 
|  | { | 
|  | default: | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case 168:		/* Linux/SH */ | 
|  | /* pr_cursig */ | 
|  | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* pr_pid */ | 
|  | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* pr_reg */ | 
|  | offset = 72; | 
|  | size = 92; | 
|  |  | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */ | 
|  | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", | 
|  | size, note->descpos + offset); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_boolean | 
|  | elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | 
|  | { | 
|  | switch (note->descsz) | 
|  | { | 
|  | default: | 
|  | return FALSE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case 124:		/* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */ | 
|  | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program | 
|  | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16); | 
|  | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command | 
|  | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked | 
|  | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) | 
|  | implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | { | 
|  | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; | 
|  | int n = strlen (command); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') | 
|  | command[n - 1] = '\0'; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return TRUE; | 
|  | } | 
|  | #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */ | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL | 
|  | or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bfd_vma | 
|  | sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt, | 
|  | const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; | 
|  |  | 
|  | plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0); | 
|  | return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED | 
|  | #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		bfd_elf32_sh_vec | 
|  | #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-sh" | 
|  | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	bfd_elf32_shl_vec | 
|  | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-shl" | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_sh | 
|  | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_SH | 
|  | #ifdef __QNXTARGET__ | 
|  | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000 | 
|  | #else | 
|  | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x80 | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_' | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup | 
|  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \ | 
|  | sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup | 
|  | #define elf_info_to_howto		sh_elf_info_to_howto | 
|  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section	sh_elf_relax_section | 
|  | #define elf_backend_relocate_section	sh_elf_relocate_section | 
|  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \ | 
|  | sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents | 
|  | #define bfd_elf32_mkobject		sh_elf_mkobject | 
|  | #define elf_backend_object_p		sh_elf_object_p | 
|  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \ | 
|  | sh_elf_set_private_flags | 
|  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \ | 
|  | sh_elf_copy_private_data | 
|  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \ | 
|  | sh_elf_merge_private_data | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	sh_elf_gc_mark_hook | 
|  | #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook	sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook | 
|  | #define elf_backend_check_relocs	sh_elf_check_relocs | 
|  | #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \ | 
|  | sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol | 
|  | #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \ | 
|  | sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections | 
|  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ | 
|  | sh_elf_link_hash_table_create | 
|  | #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \ | 
|  | sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol | 
|  | #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \ | 
|  | sh_elf_always_size_sections | 
|  | #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \ | 
|  | sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections | 
|  | #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \ | 
|  | ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true) | 
|  | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \ | 
|  | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol | 
|  | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \ | 
|  | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections | 
|  | #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	sh_elf_reloc_type_class | 
|  | #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		sh_elf_plt_sym_val | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	1 | 
|  | #define elf_backend_can_refcount	1 | 
|  | #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1 | 
|  | #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1 | 
|  | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0 | 
|  | #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12 | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include "elf32-target.h" | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* NetBSD support.  */ | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM | 
|  | #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME | 
|  | #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-nbsd" | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM | 
|  | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME | 
|  | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-nbsd" | 
|  | #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE | 
|  | #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x10000 | 
|  | #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE | 
|  | #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char | 
|  | #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		0 | 
|  | #undef	elf32_bed | 
|  | #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_nbsd_bed | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include "elf32-target.h" | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Linux support.  */ | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM | 
|  | #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_shblin_vec | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME | 
|  | #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-linux" | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM | 
|  | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf32_shlin_vec | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME | 
|  | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-linux" | 
|  | #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE | 
|  | #define	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		0x1000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus | 
|  | #define	elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus | 
|  | #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo | 
|  | #define	elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo | 
|  | #undef	elf32_bed | 
|  | #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_lin_bed | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include "elf32-target.h" | 
|  |  | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM | 
|  | #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME | 
|  | #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-vxworks" | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM | 
|  | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec | 
|  | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME | 
|  | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-vxworks" | 
|  | #undef	elf32_bed | 
|  | #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_vxworks_bed | 
|  |  | 
|  | #undef	elf_backend_want_plt_sym | 
|  | #define	elf_backend_want_plt_sym	1 | 
|  | #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char | 
|  | #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		'_' | 
|  | #define	elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1 | 
|  | #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus | 
|  | #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo | 
|  | #undef	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook | 
|  | #define	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook | 
|  | #undef	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook | 
|  | #define	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ | 
|  | elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook | 
|  | #undef	elf_backend_emit_relocs | 
|  | #define	elf_backend_emit_relocs		elf_vxworks_emit_relocs | 
|  | #undef	elf_backend_final_write_processing | 
|  | #define	elf_backend_final_write_processing \ | 
|  | elf_vxworks_final_write_processing | 
|  | #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE | 
|  | #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x1000 | 
|  | #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include "elf32-target.h" | 
|  |  | 
|  | #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */ |